blob: 895fef37e81edc66b115fb8885c69707572b369b [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
135 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
138 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000139 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200140 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
141 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
143 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
144 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
145 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
147 /lib Architecture specific library files
148 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
149 /cpu CPU specific files
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500154 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
157 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
158 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
159 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
160 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
161 /lib Architecture specific library files
162 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
163 /cpu CPU specific files
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200167 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800168 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500169 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000170 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
173 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500174 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
175 /cpu CPU specific files
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400177 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200180 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
183 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
184 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
185 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500186 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
187 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
188 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
189 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
190 /lib Architecture specific library files
191 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
194 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
195 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
196 /lib Architecture specific library files
197 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
198 /cpu CPU specific files
199 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
200 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
201 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400202 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
203 /cpu CPU specific files
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500205/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
206/board Board dependent files
207/common Misc architecture independent functions
208/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
209/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
210/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400211/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500212/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
213/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
214/include Header Files
215/lib Files generic to all architectures
216 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
217 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
218 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
219/net Networking code
220/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400221/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500222/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000223
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224Software Configuration:
225=======================
226
227Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
228rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
229
230There are two classes of configuration variables:
231
232* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
233 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
234 "CONFIG_".
235
236* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
237 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
238 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200239 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000240
241Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
242identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
243do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
244links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
245as an example here.
246
247
248Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
249---------------------------------------------------
250
251For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
252configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
253
254Example: For a TQM823L module type:
255
256 cd u-boot
257 make TQM823L_config
258
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200259For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000260e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
261directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
262
263
264Configuration Options:
265----------------------
266
267Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
268such information is kept in a configuration file
269"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
270
271Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
272"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
273
274
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000275Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
276kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
277build a config tool - later.
278
279
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000280The following options need to be configured:
281
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500282- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000283
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500284- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200285
286- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100287 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000288
289- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
290 Define exactly one of
291 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
292--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
293 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
294 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
295
296- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
297 Define exactly one of
298 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
299
300- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
301 Define one or more of
302 CONFIG_CMA302
303
304- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
305 Define one or more of
306 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200307 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000308 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
309
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000310- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
311 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
312 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200313 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
314 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
315 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
316 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000317
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530318- Marvell Family Member
319 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
320 multiple fs option at one time
321 for marvell soc family
322
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000324 Define exactly one of
325 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000326
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200327- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000328 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
329 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000330 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
331 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000332 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
333 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000334
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000335- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200336 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
337 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000339 See doc/README.MPC866
340
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200341 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000342
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000343 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
344 of relying on the correctness of the configured
345 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
346 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
347 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200348 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100350 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
351
352 Define this option if you want to enable the
353 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
354
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600355- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000356 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
357
358 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
359 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
360 compliance, among other possible reasons.
361
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600362 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
363
364 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
365 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
366 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
367
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500368 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
369
370 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
371 tree nodes for the given platform.
372
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000373 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
374
375 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
376 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
377 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
378 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
379 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
380 purpose.
381
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
383
384 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
385 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
386 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
387
388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
389 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
390
391 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
392 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
393
394 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
395 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
396 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
397 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
398
399 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
400 this erratum.
401
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530402 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
403 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
404 requred during NOR boot.
405
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000406 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
407
408 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
409 according to the A004510 workaround.
410
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530411 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
412 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
413 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
414
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
416 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
417 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
418
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530419 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
420 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
421 connected to the DSP core.
422
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530423 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
424 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
425
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000426- Generic CPU options:
427 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
428
429 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
430 values is arch specific.
431
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700432 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
433 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
434 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
435 SoCs.
436
437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
438 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
439
440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
441 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
442 deskew training are not available.
443
444 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
445 Freescale DDR1 controller.
446
447 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
448 Freescale DDR2 controller.
449
450 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
451 Freescale DDR3 controller.
452
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
454 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
455
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
457 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
458 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
459 implemetation.
460
461 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
462 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
463 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
464 implementation.
465
466 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
467 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
468 Freescale DDR3 controllers.
469
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100470- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200471 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100472
473 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
474 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
475 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
476
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200477 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200478
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100479 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
480 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200481 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100482 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200483
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200484- MIPS CPU options:
485 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
486
487 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
488 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
489 relocation.
490
491 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
492
493 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
494 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
495 Possible values are:
496 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
497 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
498 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
499 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
500 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
501 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
502 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
503 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
504
505 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
506
507 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
508 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
509
510 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
511
512 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
513 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
514 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
515
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000516- ARM options:
517 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
518
519 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
520 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
521
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000522 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
523
524 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
525 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
526 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
527 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
528 GCC.
529
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000530 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000531 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
532 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
533 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
534
535 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
536 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
537 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
538 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
539 set these options unless they apply!
540
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000541- CPU timer options:
542 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
543
544 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
545 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
546 option must be set to 1000.
547
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000548- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000549 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
550
551 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
552 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
553 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
554 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
555 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
556 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
557 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000558 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100559 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000560 default environment.
561
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000562 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
563
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200564 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000565 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
566 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
567
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400568 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200569
570 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400571 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
572 concepts).
573
574 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
575 * New libfdt-based support
576 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500577 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400578
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200579 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
580 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
581 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
582 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200583 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600584 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200585
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200586 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
587 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500588
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600589 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
590
591 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
592 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000593
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500594 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
595
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200596 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500597 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
598
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200599 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
600
601 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
602 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
603 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
604 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
605 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
606 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
607
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000608 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
609
610 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
611 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
612 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
613 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
614 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
615 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
616 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
617
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100618- vxWorks boot parameters:
619
620 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
621 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
622 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
623
624 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
625 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
626 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
627 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
628
629 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
630
631 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
632
633 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
634 the defaults discussed just above.
635
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000636- Cache Configuration:
637 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
638 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
639 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
640
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000641- Cache Configuration for ARM:
642 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
643 controller
644 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
645 controller register space
646
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000647- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200648 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000649
650 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
651
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200652 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000653
654 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
655
656 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
657
658 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
659 the clock speed of the UARTs.
660
661 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
662
663 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
664 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
665 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
666
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000667 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
668
669 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
670 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
671 this variable to initialize the extra register.
672
673 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
674
675 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
676 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
677 variable to flush the UART at init time.
678
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000679
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000680- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000681 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
682 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
683 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
684 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000685
686 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
687 port routines must be defined elsewhere
688 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
689
690 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
691 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000692 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
694 (default big endian)
695 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
696 rectangle fill
697 (cf. smiLynxEM)
698 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
699 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
700 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
701 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000702 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
703 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000704 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
705 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000706 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000707 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
708 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
709 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
710 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
711 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
712 (i.e. i8042_getc)
713 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
714 (requires blink timer
715 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200716 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000717 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
718 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500719 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000720 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
721 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000722 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
723 linux_logo.h for logo.
724 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000725 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200726 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727 the logo
728
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000729 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
730 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
731 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
732
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000733 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
734 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
735 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000736
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000737 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
738 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
739 the "silent" environment variable. See
740 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000741
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200742 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
743 is 0x00.
744 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
745 is 0xa0.
746
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000747- Console Baudrate:
748 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
749 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200750 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
751 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000752
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100753- Console Rx buffer length
754 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
755 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100756 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100757 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
758 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
759 the SMC.
760
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000761- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200762 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
763 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
764 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
765 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
766 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
767 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
768 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200769 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200770 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000771
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200772 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
773 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000774
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000775- Safe printf() functions
776 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
777 the printf() functions. These are defined in
778 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
779 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
780 If this option is not given then these functions will
781 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
782 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
783
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000784- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
785 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
786 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000787 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
788 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789
790 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
791 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
792 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
793 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
794 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
795 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
796 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
797 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
798 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
799 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
800 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
801 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
802
803- Autoboot Command:
804 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
805 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
806 define a command string that is automatically executed
807 when no character is read on the console interface
808 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
809
810 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000811 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
812 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
813 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000814
815 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000816 The value of these goes into the environment as
817 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
818 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200819 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000820
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100821- Bootcount:
822 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
823 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
824 cycle, see:
825 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
826
827 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
828 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
829 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
830 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
831 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
832 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
833 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
834 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
835 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
836
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000837- Pre-Boot Commands:
838 CONFIG_PREBOOT
839
840 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
841 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
842 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
843 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
844 entering interactive mode.
845
846 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
847 automatically generated or modified. For an example
848 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
849 modified when the user holds down a certain
850 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
851 booting the systems
852
853- Serial Download Echo Mode:
854 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
855 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
856 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
857 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
858 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
859 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
860 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
861
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500862- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000863 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
864 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200865 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000866
867- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
869 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000870 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
871 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500872 and augmenting with additional #define's
873 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 The default command configuration includes all commands
876 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000877
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500878 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500879 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
880 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
881 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
882 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
883 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
884 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
885 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500886 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
888 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
889 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600890 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
891 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
892 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
893 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500894 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
895 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500896 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
898 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600899 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600900 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500901 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500902 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000903 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
904 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500905 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500906 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000907 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500908 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
909 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
910 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200911 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000912 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500913 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000914 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000915 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
917 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
918 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
919 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000920 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200921 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500922 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500923 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000924 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500925 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
926 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
927 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
928 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200929 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000930 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
931 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500932 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
933 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200934 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400935 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000936 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500937 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000938 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200939 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500940 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
941 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
942 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100943 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500944 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
945 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200946 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600947 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000948 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500949 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
950 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
951 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
952 host
953 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000954 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500955 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
956 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000957 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500958 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
959 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
960 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
961 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
962 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
963 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700964 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200965 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400966 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +0800967 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200968 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500969 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000970 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000971 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000972 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
973 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500975 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000976 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200977 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000978
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000979
980 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
981 support you can write:
982
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500983 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
984 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400986 Other Commands:
987 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000988
989 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500990 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000991 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
992 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
993 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
994 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
995 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
996 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997
998
999 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1000
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001001- Regular expression support:
1002 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001003 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1004 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1005 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1006 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001007
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001008- Device tree:
1009 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1010 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1011 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1012 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1013 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1014 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1015
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001016 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1017 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001018
1019 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1020 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1021 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1022 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1023 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1024 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001025
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001026 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1027 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1028 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1029 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1030
1031 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1032
1033 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1034 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1035 still use the individual files if you need something more
1036 exotic.
1037
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001038- Watchdog:
1039 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1040 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001041 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1042 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1043 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1044 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1045 available, then no further board specific code should
1046 be needed to use it.
1047
1048 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1049 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1050 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1051 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001052
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001053- U-Boot Version:
1054 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1055 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1056 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1057 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e512012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001058 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1059 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001060
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001061- Real-Time Clock:
1062
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001064 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1065 following options:
1066
1067 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1068 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001069 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001070 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001071 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001072 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001073 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001074 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001075 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001076 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001077 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001078 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1079 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001080
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001081 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1082 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1083
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001084- GPIO Support:
1085 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001086
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001087 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1088 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1089 pins supported by a particular chip.
1090
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001091 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1092 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1093
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001094- Timestamp Support:
1095
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001096 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1097 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1098 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001099 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001100
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001101- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1102 Zero or more of the following:
1103 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1104 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1105 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1106 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1107 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1108 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1109 disk/part_efi.c
1110 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001112 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1113 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001114 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001115
1116- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001117 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1118 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001119
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001120 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1121 be performed by calling the function
1122 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1123 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001124
1125- ATAPI Support:
1126 CONFIG_ATAPI
1127
1128 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1129
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001130- LBA48 Support
1131 CONFIG_LBA48
1132
1133 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001134 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001135 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1136 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1137
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001138 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001139 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1140 Default is 32bit.
1141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001142- SCSI Support:
1143 At the moment only there is only support for the
1144 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1145 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001147 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1148 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1149 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001150 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1151 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001152 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001153
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001154 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1155 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001156
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001157- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001158 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001159 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1160
1161 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1162 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1163 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1164 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1165
1166 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1167 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1168 example with the "sspi" command.
1169
1170 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1171 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1172 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001173
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001174 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001175 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001176
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001177 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1178 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001179 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001180 write routine for first time initialisation.
1181
1182 CONFIG_TULIP
1183 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1184 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1185 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1186
1187 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1188 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1189
1190 CONFIG_NS8382X
1191 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1192
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001193- NETWORK Support (other):
1194
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001195 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1196 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1197
1198 CONFIG_RMII
1199 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1200
1201 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1202 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1203 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1204
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001205 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1206 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1207
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001208 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001209 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1210
1211 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1212 Define this to hold the physical address
1213 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1214
1215 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1216 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1217
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001218 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001219 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1220
1221 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1222 Define this to hold the physical address
1223 of the device (I/O space)
1224
1225 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1226 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1227
1228 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1229 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1230 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1231
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001232 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1233 Support for davinci emac
1234
1235 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1236 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1237
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001238 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1239 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1240
1241 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1242 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1243 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1244 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1245 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1246 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1247 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1248 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1249
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001250 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001251 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1252
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001253 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001254 Define this to hold the physical address
1255 of the device (I/O space)
1256
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001257 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001258 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1259
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001260 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001261 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1262 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001263 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001264
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001265 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1266 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1267
1268 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1269 Define the number of ports to be used
1270
1271 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1272 Define the ETH PHY's address
1273
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001274 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1275 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1276
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001277- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001278 CONFIG_TPM
1279 Support TPM devices.
1280
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001281 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1282 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1283 per system is supported at this time.
1284
1285 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1286 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1287
1288 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1289 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1290
1291 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1292 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1293
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001294 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1295 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1296
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001297 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001298 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1299 per system is supported at this time.
1300
1301 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1302 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1303 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1304 0xfed40000.
1305
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001306 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1307 Add tpm monitor functions.
1308 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1309 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1310
1311 CONFIG_TPM
1312 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1313 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1314 Requires support for a TPM device.
1315
1316 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1317 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1318 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1319
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001320- USB Support:
1321 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001322 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001323 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1324 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001325 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001326 storage devices.
1327 Note:
1328 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1329 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001330 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1331 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1332 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001333 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1334 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001335 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1336 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1337 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001338 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1339 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001340 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001341 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1342 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001343
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001344 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1345 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1346
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001347 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1348 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1349
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001350- USB Device:
1351 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1352 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1353 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001354 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001355 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1356 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001357 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001358 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1359 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1360 a Linux host by
1361 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1362 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1363 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1364 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001365
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001366 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1367 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001368
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001369 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1370 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1371 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001372
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301373 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1374 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1375 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1376 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1377 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1378 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1379 speed.
1380
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001381 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001382 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1383 be set to usbtty.
1384
1385 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001386 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001387 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001388 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001389
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001390 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001391 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001392 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001393
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001394 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001395 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001396 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001397 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1398 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1399 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1400
1401 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1402 Define this string as the name of your company for
1403 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001404
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001405 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1406 Define this string as the name of your product
1407 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1408
1409 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1410 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1411 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1412 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1413 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001414
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001415 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1416 Define this as the unique Product ID
1417 for your device
1418 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001419
Przemyslaw Marczak351e9b22013-10-23 14:30:46 +02001420 Some USB device drivers may need to check USB cable attachment.
1421 In this case you can enable following config in BoardName.h:
1422 CONFIG_USB_CABLE_CHECK
1423 This enables function definition:
1424 - usb_cable_connected() in include/usb.h
1425 Implementation of this function is board-specific.
1426
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001427- ULPI Layer Support:
1428 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1429 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1430 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1431 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1432 viewport is supported.
1433 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1434 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001435 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1436 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1437 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001438
1439- MMC Support:
1440 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1441 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1442 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1443 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001444 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1445 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001446
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001447 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1448 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1449
1450 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1451 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1452
1453 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1454 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1455
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001456- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1457 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1458 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1459
1460 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1461 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1462 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1463 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1464 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1465
1466 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1467 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1468
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001469 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1470 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1471
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301472 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1473 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1474 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1475 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1476 one that would help mostly the developer.
1477
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001478 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1479 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1480 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1481 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1482 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1483
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001484 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1485 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1486 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1487 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1488 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1489 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1490
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001491- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1492 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1493 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1494 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1495
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001496 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1497 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001498 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001500 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001501 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1502 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1503
1504 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001505 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001506 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1507 have not defined a custom partition
1508
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001509- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1510 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001511
1512 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1513 file in FAT formatted partition.
1514
1515 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1516 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001517
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001518CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1519 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1520
1521 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1522 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1523 and cbfsload.
1524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001525- Keyboard Support:
1526 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1527
1528 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1529 support
1530
1531 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1532 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1533 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1534 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1535 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1536
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001537 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1538 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1539 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1540 which provides key scans on request.
1541
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001542- Video support:
1543 CONFIG_VIDEO
1544
1545 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1546 video).
1547
1548 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1549
1550 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1551
1552 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001553 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001554 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1555 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1556 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001557
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001558 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001559 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001560 are possible:
1561 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001562 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001563
1564 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1565 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1566 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1567 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1568 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1569 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1570 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001571 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1572
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001573 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001574 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001575
1576
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001577 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001578 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001579 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1580 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1581
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001582 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001583 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001584 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1585 support, and should also define these other macros:
1586
1587 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1588 CONFIG_VIDEO
1589 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1590 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1591 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1592 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1593 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1594 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1595
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001596 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1597 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1598 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1599 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001600
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001601 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1602
1603 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1604 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1605 driver.
1606
1607
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001608- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001609 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001610
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001611 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1612 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1613 defined in your board-specific files.
1614 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001615
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001616- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1617
1618 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1619 display); also select one of the supported displays
1620 by defining one of these:
1621
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001622 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1623
1624 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1625
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001626 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001627
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001628 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001629
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001630 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001631
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001632 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1633 Active, color, single scan.
1634
1635 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1636
1637 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001638 Active, color, single scan.
1639
1640 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1641
1642 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1643 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1644
1645 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1646
1647 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1648 Active, color, single scan.
1649
1650 CONFIG_HLD1045
1651
1652 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1653 Active, color, single scan.
1654
1655 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1656
1657 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1658 or
1659 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1660 or
1661 Hitachi SP14Q002
1662
1663 320x240. Black & white.
1664
1665 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001666 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001667
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001668 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1669
1670 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1671 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1672 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1673 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1674 a per-section basis.
1675
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001676 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1677
1678 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1679 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1680 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1681 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001682
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001683 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1684
1685 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1686
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001687 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1688
1689 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1690 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1691
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001692- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001693
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001694 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1695 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1696 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001697 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001698 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1699 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1700 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1701 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001702
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001703 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1704
1705 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1706 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1707 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1708 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1709 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1710 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1711 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1712 there is no need to set this option.
1713
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001714 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1715
1716 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1717 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1718 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1719 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1720 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1721 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1722
1723 Example:
1724 setenv splashpos m,m
1725 => image at center of screen
1726
1727 setenv splashpos 30,20
1728 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1729
1730 setenv splashpos -10,m
1731 => vertically centered image
1732 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1733
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001734- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1735
1736 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1737 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1738 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1739
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001740- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1741
1742 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1743 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1744 bmp command.
1745
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001746- Do compresssing for memory range:
1747 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1748
1749 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1750 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1751
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001752- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001753 CONFIG_GZIP
1754
1755 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1756
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001757 CONFIG_BZIP2
1758
1759 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1760 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1761 compressed images are supported.
1762
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001763 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001764 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001765 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001766
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001767 CONFIG_LZMA
1768
1769 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1770 images is included.
1771
1772 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1773 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1774 formula:
1775
1776 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1777
1778 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1779 and Literal pos bits.
1780
1781 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1782 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1783 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1784 a very small buffer.
1785
1786 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1787 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001788 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001789
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001790 CONFIG_LZO
1791
1792 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1793 is included.
1794
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001795- MII/PHY support:
1796 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1797
1798 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1799
1800 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1801
1802 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1803
1804 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1805
1806 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001807 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001808
1809 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1810
1811 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1812 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1813 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1814 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1815
1816 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1817
1818 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1819 command issued before MII status register can be read
1820
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001821- Ethernet address:
1822 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001823 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001824 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1825 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001826 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1827 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001828
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001829 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1830 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001831 is not determined automatically.
1832
1833- IP address:
1834 CONFIG_IPADDR
1835
1836 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001837 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001838 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001839 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001840
1841- Server IP address:
1842 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1843
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001844 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001845 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001846 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001847
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001848 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1849
1850 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1851 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1852
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001853- Gateway IP address:
1854 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1855
1856 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1857 default router where packets to other networks are
1858 sent to.
1859 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1860
1861- Subnet mask:
1862 CONFIG_NETMASK
1863
1864 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1865 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1866 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1867 forwarded through a router.
1868 (Environment variable "netmask")
1869
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001870- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1871 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1872
1873 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1874 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001875 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001876 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1877 multicast group.
1878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1880 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1881
1882 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1883 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1884 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1885 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1886 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1887 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1888 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1889 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001890 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001891
1892 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1893 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1894 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1895 4th and following
1896 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1897
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001898- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001899 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1900 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001901
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001902 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1903 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1904 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1905 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1906 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1907 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1908 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1909 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1910 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1911 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1912 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1913 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001914 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001915
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001916 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1917 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001918
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001919 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1920 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1921 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1922 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1923 is not available.
1924
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001925 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1926 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1927 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1928 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1929 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1930 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1931 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001932 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001933
1934 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1935 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1936 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001937 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001938 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1939 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001940
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001941 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1942
1943 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1944 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1945 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1946 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1947 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1948 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1949 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1950 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1951 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1952 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1953 this delay.
1954
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001955 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1956 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1957 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1958 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1959 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1960
1961 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1962
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001963 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001964 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001965
1966 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1967
1968 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1969
1970 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1971 of the device.
1972
1973 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1974
1975 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1976 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001977 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001978
1979 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1980
1981 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1982 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1983
1984 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1985
1986 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1987
1988 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1989
1990 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1991
1992 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1993
1994 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1995
1996 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1997
1998 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1999 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2000
2001 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2002
2003 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002005- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2006
2007 Several configurations allow to display the current
2008 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2009 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2010 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2011 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2012 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2013 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2014 feature in U-Boot.
2015
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002016 Additional options:
2017
2018 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2019 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2020 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2021 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2022 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2023
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002024 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2025 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2026 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2027 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2028 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2029 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2030
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002031- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2032
2033 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2034 on those systems that support this (optional)
2035 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2036
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002037- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002038
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002039 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2040 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2041 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2042 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2043 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2044 interface.
2045
2046 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002047 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2048 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2049 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2050 for defining speed and slave address
2051 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2052 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2053 for defining speed and slave address
2054 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2055 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2056 for defining speed and slave address
2057 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2058 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2059 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002060
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002061 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2062 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2063 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2064 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2065 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2066 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002067 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002068 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2069 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2070 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2071 second bus.
2072
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002073 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002074 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2075 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2076 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002077
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002078 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2079 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2080 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2081 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2082
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002083 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2084 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2085 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2086 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2087 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2088 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2089 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2090 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2091 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2092 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2093
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002094 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2095 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2096 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2097
2098 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2099 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2100 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2101 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2102 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2103 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2104 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2105 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2106 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2107
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002108 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2109 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2110 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2111
2112 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2113 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2114 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2115 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2116 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2117 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2118 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2119 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2120 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2121 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2122 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2123 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2124 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2125
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002126 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2127 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2128 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2129 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2130 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2131 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2132 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2133 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2134 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2135 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2136 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2137 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2138
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002139 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2140 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2141 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2142 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2143
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302144 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2145 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2146 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2147 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2148 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2149
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002150 additional defines:
2151
2152 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2153 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2154 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2155 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2156 omit this define.
2157
2158 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2159 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2160 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2161 omit this define.
2162
2163 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2164 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2165 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2166 define.
2167
2168 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2169 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2170 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2171 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2172 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2173
2174 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2175 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2176 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2177 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2178 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2179 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2180 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2181 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2182 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2183 }
2184
2185 which defines
2186 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002187 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2188 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2189 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2190 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2191 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002192 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002193 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2194 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002195
2196 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2197
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002198- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002199
2200 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2201 provides the following compelling advantages:
2202
2203 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2204 - approved multibus support
2205 - better i2c mux support
2206
2207 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2208
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002209 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2210 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2211 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002212
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002213 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002214 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002215 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2216 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002217 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002218
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002219 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002220
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002221 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002222 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002223
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002224 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002225 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002226 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002227 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002228
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002229 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002230 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002231 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2232 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2233 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002234
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002235 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2236
2237 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2238 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2239 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2240 commands until the slave device responds.
2241
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002242 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002243
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002244 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002245 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2246 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002247
2248 I2C_INIT
2249
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002250 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002251 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002252
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002253 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002254
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002255 I2C_PORT
2256
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002257 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2258 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2259 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002260
2261 I2C_ACTIVE
2262
2263 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2264 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2265 define can be null.
2266
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002267 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2268
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002269 I2C_TRISTATE
2270
2271 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2272 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2273 define can be null.
2274
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002275 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2276
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277 I2C_READ
2278
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002279 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2280 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002281
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002282 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2283
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002284 I2C_SDA(bit)
2285
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002286 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2287 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002288
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002289 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002290 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002291 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002292
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002293 I2C_SCL(bit)
2294
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002295 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2296 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002297
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002298 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002299 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002300 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002302 I2C_DELAY
2303
2304 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2305 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002306 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002307 like:
2308
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002309 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002310
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002311 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2312
2313 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2314 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2315 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2316 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2317
2318 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2319 the generic GPIO functions.
2320
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002321 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002322
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002323 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2324 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2325 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2326 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2327 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2328 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2329 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2330 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002331
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002332 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2333
2334 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2335 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2336 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2337 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2338 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2339 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2340 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2341 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2342
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002343 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2344
2345 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2346 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2347 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2348
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002349 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2350
2351 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002352 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2353 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002354 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002356 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002357
2358 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002359 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002360 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2361 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002362
2363 e.g.
2364 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002365 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002366
2367 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2368
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002369 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002370 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002371
2372 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2373
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002374 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002375
2376 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2377 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2378
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002379 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002380
2381 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2382 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002384 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002385
2386 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2387 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2388
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002389 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002390
2391 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2392 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2393 specified DTT device.
2394
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002395 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2396
2397 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2398 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2399 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2400 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2401 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2402 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2403 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002404
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002405- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2406
2407 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2408 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2409 D/As on the SACSng board)
2410
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002411 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2412
2413 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2414 only SH7757 is supported.
2415
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002416 CONFIG_SPI_X
2417
2418 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2419 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2420
2421 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2422
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002423 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2424 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2425 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2426 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2427 defined, the board configuration must define several
2428 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2429 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002430
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002431 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2432
2433 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2434 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2435 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002436 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002437 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2438
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002439 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2440
2441 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002442 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002443
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002444- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2445
2446 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2447
2448 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2449
2450 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2451 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2452
2453 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2454
2455 Enables support for FPGA family.
2456 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2457
2458 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002459
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002460 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002461
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002462 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002463
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002464 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002465
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002466 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002467
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002468 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2469 status by the configuration function. This option
2470 will require a board or device specific function to
2471 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002472
2473 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2474
2475 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2476 configuration driver.
2477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002478 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2480
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002481 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002482
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002483 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2484 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2485 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2486 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002488 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002490 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2491 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2492 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002493 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002495 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002496
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002497 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002498 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002499
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002500 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002502 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002503 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002504
2505- Configuration Management:
2506 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2507
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002508 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2509 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002510
2511- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2512
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002513 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2514 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002515 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002516 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2517 protects these variables from casual modification by
2518 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2519 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002520 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002521
2522 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2523 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002524 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002525 these parameters.
2526
2527 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2528 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002529 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2531 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2532 read-only.]
2533
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002534 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2535 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2536 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2537 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002539- Protected RAM:
2540 CONFIG_PRAM
2541
2542 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2543 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2544 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2545 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2546 this default value by defining an environment
2547 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2548 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2549 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2550 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2551 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2552 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2553 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2554
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002555 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002556 saveenv
2557
2558 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2559 either, which results in a memory region that will
2560 not be affected by reboots.
2561
2562 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2563 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2564 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2565 following board configurations are known to be
2566 "pRAM-clean":
2567
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002568 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2569 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002570 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002571
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002572- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2573 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2574 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2575 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2576 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2577 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2578 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2579
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002580- Error Recovery:
2581 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2582
2583 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2584 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2585 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002586 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002587 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2588 useful during development since you can try to debug
2589 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2590
2591 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2592
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002593 This variable defines the number of retries for
2594 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2595 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2596 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002597
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002598 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2599
2600 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2601
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002602 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2603
2604 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2605 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2606 try longer timeout such as
2607 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2608
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002609- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002610 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002611
2612 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2613
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002614 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2615 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002616
2617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002618 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002619
2620 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2621 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2622 powerful command line syntax like
2623 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2624 constructs ("shell scripts").
2625
2626 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2627 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2628
2629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002630 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002631
2632 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2633 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2634 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2635
2636 Note:
2637
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002638 In the current implementation, the local variables
2639 space and global environment variables space are
2640 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2641 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2642 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2643 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2644 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002645
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002646 Global environment variables are those you use
2647 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2648 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2649 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002650
2651 To store commands and special characters in a
2652 variable, please use double quotation marks
2653 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2654 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2655 symbols.
2656
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002657- Commandline Editing and History:
2658 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2659
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002660 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002661 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002662
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002663- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002664 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2665
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002666 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2667 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002668 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002669
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002670 For example, place something like this in your
2671 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002672
2673 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2674 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2675 "myvar2=value2\0"
2676
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002677 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2678 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2679 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2680 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002681 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002682 You better know what you are doing here.
2683
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002684 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2685 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002686 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002687 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002688
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002689 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2690
2691 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2692 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2693 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2694
2695 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2696
2697 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2698 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2699 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2700 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2701 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2702
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002703 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2704
2705 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2706 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2707 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2708
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002709 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2710
2711 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2712 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2713 that so that the environment is not available until
2714 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2715 this is instead controlled by the value of
2716 /config/load-environment.
2717
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002718- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002719 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2720
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002721 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2722 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2723 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002724
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002725- Serial Flash support
2726 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2727
2728 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2729 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2730
2731 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2732 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2733 commands.
2734
2735 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2736 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2737 flash is present on the system.
2738
2739 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2740 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2741 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2742 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2743
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002744 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2745
2746 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2747 test ('sf test').
2748
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302749 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2750
2751 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2752 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2753
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002754- SystemACE Support:
2755 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2756
2757 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2758 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002759 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002760 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002761
2762 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002763 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002764
2765 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2766 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2767
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002768- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2769 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2770
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002771 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002772 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002773 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002774 number generator is used.
2775
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002776 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2777 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2778 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2779
2780 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002781 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2782 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2783 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2784 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2785 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2786 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2787
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002788- Hashing support:
2789 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2790
2791 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2792 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2793
2794 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2795
2796 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2797 size a little.
2798
2799 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2800 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2801
2802 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2803 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2804
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002805- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2806 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2807 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2808 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2809
2810 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2811 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2812 a boot from specific media.
2813
2814 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2815 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2816 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2817 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2818 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2819
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002820- Signing support:
2821 CONFIG_RSA
2822
2823 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
2824 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage/signature for more information.
2825
2826 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2827 option.
2828
2829
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002830- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002831 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2832
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002833 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2834 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2835 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2836 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2837 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2838 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002840- Detailed boot stage timing
2841 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2842 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2843 of the boot process.
2844
2845 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2846 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2847 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2848 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2849 the limit, recording will stop.
2850
2851 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2852 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2853
2854 Timer summary in microseconds:
2855 Mark Elapsed Stage
2856 0 0 reset
2857 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2858 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2859 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2860 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2861 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2862 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2863 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2864
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002865 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2866 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2867 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2868
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002869 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2870 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2871 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2872 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2873 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2874 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2875 For example:
2876
2877 bootstage {
2878 154 {
2879 name = "board_init_f";
2880 mark = <3575678>;
2881 };
2882 170 {
2883 name = "lcd";
2884 accum = <33482>;
2885 };
2886 };
2887
2888 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2889
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002890Legacy uImage format:
2891
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892 Arg Where When
2893 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002894 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002895 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002896 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002897 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002898 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002899 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2900 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2901 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002902 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002903 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2904 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2905 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2906 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002907 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002908 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002909
2910 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2911 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2912 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2913 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2914 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2915 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2916 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002917 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002918 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2919 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2920
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002921 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002922
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002923 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd542004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002924 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2925 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002926
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002927 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2928 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2929 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2930 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2931 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2932 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2933 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2934 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2935 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2936 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2937 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2938 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2939 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2940 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2941 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2942 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2943 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2944 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2945 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2946 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2947 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2948 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2949 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2950 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2951 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2952 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2953 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2954 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2955 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2956 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2957 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2958 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2959 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2960 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2961 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2962 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2963 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2964 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2965 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2966 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2967 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2968 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2969 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2970 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2971 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2972 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2973 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002974
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002975 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002976
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002977 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002978 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2979 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002980
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002981 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2982 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002983 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002984 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2985 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2986 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002987 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2988 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002989 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002990
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002991FIT uImage format:
2992
2993 Arg Where When
2994 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2995 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2996 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2997 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2998 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2999 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003000 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003001 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3002 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3003 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3004 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3005 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003006 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3007 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003008 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3009 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3010 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3011 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3012 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3013 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3014 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3015 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3016
3017 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3018 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3019 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003020 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003021 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3022 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3023 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3024 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3025 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3026 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3027 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3028 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3029 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3030 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3031 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3032 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3033
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003034 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003035 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3036
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003037 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003038 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3039
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003040 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003041 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3042
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003043- FIT image support:
3044 CONFIG_FIT
3045 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3046
3047 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3048 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3049 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3050 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3051 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3052 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3053
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003054 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3055 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3056 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3057 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3058
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003059- Standalone program support:
3060 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3061
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003062 This option defines a board specific value for the
3063 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3064 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003065 settings.
3066
3067- Frame Buffer Address:
3068 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3069
3070 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003071 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3072 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3073 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3074 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3075 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3076 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3077 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003078
3079 Please see board_init_f function.
3080
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003081- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3082 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3083 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3084 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3085
3086 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3087 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3088
3089- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3090 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3091
3092 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3093 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3094
3095 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3096
3097 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3098 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3099
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003100- UBI support
3101 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3102
3103 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3104 with the UBI flash translation layer
3105
3106 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3107
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003108 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3109
3110 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3111 warnings and errors enabled.
3112
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003113- UBIFS support
3114 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3115
3116 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3117 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3118
3119 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3120
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003121 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3122
3123 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3124 warnings and errors enabled.
3125
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003126- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003127 CONFIG_SPL
3128 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003129
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003130 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3131 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3132
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003133 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3134 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3135 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3136 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003137 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003138 must not be both defined at the same time.
3139
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003140 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003141 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3142 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3143 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3144 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003145
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003146 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3147 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003148
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003149 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3150 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3151 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3152
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003153 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3154 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3155
3156 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003157 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3158 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3159 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003160 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003161 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003162
3163 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3164 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3165
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003166 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3167 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3168 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3169 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3170
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003171 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3172 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3173
3174 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3175 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003176
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003177 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3178 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3179 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3180 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3181
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003182 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3183 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3184 about the running system.
3185
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003186 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3187 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3188
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003189 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3190 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003191
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003192 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3193 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003194
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003195 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3196 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003197
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003198 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3199 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003200
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003201 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3202 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003203
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003204 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3205 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3206 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3207 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3208 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3209
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003210 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3211 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3212 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3213
3214 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3215 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3216 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3217 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3218 (for falcon mode)
3219
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003220 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3221 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3222
3223 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3224 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3225
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003226 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3227 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3228 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3229
3230 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3231 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3232 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3233
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003234 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3235 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3236 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3237 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3238 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3239
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003240 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3241 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3242 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3243
3244 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3245 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3246
3247 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3248 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3249
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003250 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003251 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3252 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003253
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003254 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3255 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003256 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003257
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003258 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3259 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3260 SPL binary.
3261
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003262 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3263 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3264 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3265 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3266 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3267 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003268 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003269
3270 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003271 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3272
3273 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3274 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3275
3276 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3277 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003278
3279 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003280 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003281
3282 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3283 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3284 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3285
3286 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3287 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3288 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3289
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003290 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3291 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003292
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003293 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3294 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003295
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003296 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3297 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003298
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003299 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3300 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3301
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003302 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3303 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003304
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003305 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3306 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3307
3308 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3309 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3310 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3311 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3312
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003313 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003314 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3315 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3316 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3317 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3318 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003319
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003320 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3321 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3322 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3323 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3324
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003325 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3326 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3327 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3328 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3329 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3330
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003331- TPL framework
3332 CONFIG_TPL
3333 Enable building of TPL globally.
3334
3335 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3336 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3337 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003338 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3339 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3340 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003341
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003342Modem Support:
3343--------------
3344
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003345[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003346
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003347- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003348 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3349
3350- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3351 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3352
3353- Modem debug support:
3354 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3355
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003356 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3357 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003358
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003359- Interrupt support (PPC):
3360
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003361 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3362 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003363 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003364 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003365 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003366 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003367 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003368 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3369 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3370 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003371
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003372- General:
3373
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003374 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3375 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3376 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003377 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003378 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3379 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3380 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003381
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003382 If there are no modem init strings in the
3383 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3384 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003385 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003386
3387 See also: doc/README.Modem
3388
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003389Board initialization settings:
3390------------------------------
3391
3392During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3393to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3394before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3395following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3396architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3397typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3398
3399- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3400- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3401- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3402- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003403
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003404Configuration Settings:
3405-----------------------
3406
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003407- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003408 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3409
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003410- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3411 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3412
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003413- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003414 prompt for user input.
3415
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003416- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003417
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003418- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003419
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003420- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003421
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003422- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003423 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3424 booted
3425
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003426- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003427 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003429- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003430 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003431
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003432- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003433 If the board specific function
3434 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3435 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003436 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3437
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003438- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003439 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003440
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003441- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003442 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003444- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003445 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3446 simple memory test.
3447
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003448- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003449 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003450
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003451- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003452 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3453 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3454
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003455- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3456 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003457 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003458 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003459 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3460 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3461 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003462 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003463 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003464 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003465
3466 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3467 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3468 be touched.
3469
3470 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3471 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3472 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3473 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3474 problems.
3475
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003476- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003477 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3478
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003479- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003480 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3481
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003482- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003483 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3484 Cogent motherboard)
3485
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003486- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003487 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3488
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003489- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003490 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3491 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003492 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003493 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003494
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003495- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003496 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3497 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3498 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3499 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003500
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003501- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003502 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3503
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003504- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003505 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3506 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003507 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003508 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3509
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003510- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003511 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3512 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003513 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3514 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003515 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003516 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003517 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003518 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3519 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3520 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003521
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003522- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3523 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3524 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3525 is enabled.
3526
3527- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3528 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3529 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3530
3531- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3532 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3533 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3534
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003535- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536 Max number of Flash memory banks
3537
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003538- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003539 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3540
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003541- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003542 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3543
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003544- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003545 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3546
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003547- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003548 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3549
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003550- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003551 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003553- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003554 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3555 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558
3559 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3560 without this option such a download has to be
3561 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3562 copy from RAM to flash.
3563
3564 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3565 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003566 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3567 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003568 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3569
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003570- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003571 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003572 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3573
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003574- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003575 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3576 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003577
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003578- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3579 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3580 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3581 to the MTD layer.
3582
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003583- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003584 Use buffered writes to flash.
3585
3586- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3587 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3588 write commands.
3589
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003590- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003591 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3592 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3593 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3594 optionally available.
3595
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003596- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3597 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3598 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3599 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3600
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003601- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3602 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3603 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3604 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3605 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3606 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3607 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3608 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3609
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003610- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003611 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3612 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003613 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3614 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003615 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003616 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3617
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003618- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3619
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003620 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3621 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3622 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3623 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3624 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003625
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003626- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3627- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003628 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003629 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3630 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3631 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3632
3633 The format of the list is:
3634 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003635 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3636 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003637 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3638 list = entry[,list]
3639
3640 The type attributes are:
3641 s - String (default)
3642 d - Decimal
3643 x - Hexadecimal
3644 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3645 i - IP address
3646 m - MAC address
3647
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003648 The access attributes are:
3649 a - Any (default)
3650 r - Read-only
3651 o - Write-once
3652 c - Change-default
3653
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003654 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3655 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3656 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3657
3658 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3659 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3660 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3661 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3662 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3663 ".flags" variable.
3664
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003665- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3666 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3667 access flags.
3668
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003669- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3670 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3671 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3672 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3673 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3674 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3675 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3676 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3677 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3678
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003679- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3680 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3681 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3682 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3683 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3684
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003685- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3686 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3687 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3688 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003690The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3691of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3692following configurations:
3693
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003694- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3695
3696 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3697 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3698
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003699- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003700
3701 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3702
3703 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3704 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3705 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3706 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3707 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3708 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3709 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3710 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3711 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3712 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3713 between U-Boot and the environment.
3714
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003715 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003716
3717 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3718 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3719 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3720 for this sector is given here.
3721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003722 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003724 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725
3726 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3727 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003728 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003730 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731
3732 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3733
3734
3735 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3736 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3737 the environment.
3738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003739 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003740
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003741 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003742 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003743 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3744 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3745
3746 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3747 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3748 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3749 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3750 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3751 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3752 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3753 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3754 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3755
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003756 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3757 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003758
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003759 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003760 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003761 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003762 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003763
3764BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3765source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3766accordingly!
3767
3768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003769- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003770
3771 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3772 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3773 environment.
3774
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003775 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3776 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003777
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003778 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003779 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3780 can just be read and written to, without any special
3781 provision.
3782
3783BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3784in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003785console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003786U-Boot will hang.
3787
3788Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3789environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3790keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3791to save the current settings.
3792
3793
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003794- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003795
3796 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3797 device and a driver for it.
3798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003799 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3800 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003801
3802 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3803 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003805 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3807 The default address is zero.
3808
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003809 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003810 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3811 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3812 would require six bits.
3813
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003814 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003815 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003816 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003818 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3820 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3821
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003822 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003823 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3824 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3825 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3826 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3827 byte chips.
3828
3829 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3830 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3831 in the chip address.
3832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003833 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003834 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3835
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003836 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3837 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3838 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3839
3840 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3841 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3842 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3843 EEPROM. For example:
3844
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01003845 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003846
3847 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3848 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003849
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003850- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003851
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003852 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003853 want to use for the environment.
3854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003855 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3856 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3857 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003858
3859 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3860 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3861 at the specified address.
3862
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003863- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3864
3865 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3866 want to use for the local device's environment.
3867
3868 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3869 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3870
3871 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3872 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3873 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003874 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003875
3876BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3877"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003878environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3879but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003880
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003881- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003882
3883 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3884 for the environment.
3885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003886 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3887 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003888
3889 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003890 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3891 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003892
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003893 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003894
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003895 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003896 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3897 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003898 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003899 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003900
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003901 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3902
3903 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3904 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3905 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3906 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3907 the range to be avoided.
3908
3909 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3910
3911 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3912 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3913 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3914 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3915 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003916
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003917- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3918
3919 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3920 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3921 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3922
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003923- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3924
3925 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3926 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3927 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3928
3929 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3930
3931 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3932
3933 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3934
3935 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3936 environment in.
3937
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00003938 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3939
3940 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3941 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3942 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3943
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00003944 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3945 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3946
3947 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3948 when storing the env in UBI.
3949
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003950- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
3951
3952 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
3953 environment.
3954
3955 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
3956
3957 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
3958
3959 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
3960
3961 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
3962 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
3963 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
3964
3965 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3966 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3967
3968 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3969 area within the specified MMC device.
3970
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003971 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
3972 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
3973 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
3974 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
3975 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
3976 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
3977 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
3978
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003979 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
3980 MMC sector boundary.
3981
3982 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3983
3984 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
3985 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
3986 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
3987 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
3988
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06003989 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
3990 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
3991
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06003992 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
3993 an MMC sector boundary.
3994
3995 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
3996
3997 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
3998 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
3999 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4000
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004001- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004002
4003 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4004 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4005 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4006 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4007 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4008 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4009 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4010
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004011Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004013created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004014until then to read environment variables.
4015
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004016The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4017is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4018with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4019necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4020"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4021have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
4023Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4024the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004025use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004027- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004028 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004029
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004030 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004031 also needs to be defined.
4032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004033- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004034 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004035
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004036- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4037 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4038 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4039 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4040 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4041 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4042
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004043- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4044 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4045 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4046 to do this.
4047
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004048- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4049 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4050 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4051 present.
4052
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004054---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004055
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004056- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004057 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4058
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004059- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004060 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004061
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004062 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4063 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4064 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004065
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004066- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4067 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4068 PowerPC SOCs.
4069
4070- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4071 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4072 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4073
4074 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4075 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4076
4077- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4078 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4079 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004080 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004081 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4082 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4083 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4084
4085 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4086 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4087
4088- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004089 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4090 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004091 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4092 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4093
4094- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4095 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4096 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4097 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4098
4099- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4100 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4101 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4102
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004103- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004104 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004105
4106 the default drive number (default value 0)
4107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004108 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004109
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004110 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004111 (default value 1)
4112
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004113 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004114
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004115 defines the offset of register from address. It
4116 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004117 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004118
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004119 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4120 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004121 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004122
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004123 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004124 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4125 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4126 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4127 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004128
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004129- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4130 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4131 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4132 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4133 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4134 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4135 is requierd.
4136
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004137- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004138 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004139 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004141- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004143 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4145 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4146 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4147 will become available only after programming the
4148 memory controller and running certain initialization
4149 sequences.
4150
4151 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4152 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4153 - MPC824X: data cache
4154 - PPC4xx: data cache
4155
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004156- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
4158 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004159 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4160 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004161 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004162 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004163 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4164 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4165 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
4167 Note:
4168 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4169 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004170 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004171 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4172 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4173
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004174- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004176- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004177
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004178- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004179
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004180- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004182- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004183
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004184- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004186- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187 SDRAM timing
4188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004189- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190 periodic timer for refresh
4191
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004192- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004194- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4195 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4196 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4197 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4199
4200- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004201 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4202 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004203 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4204
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004205- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4206 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4208 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4209
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004210- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4212 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004214- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004215 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4216 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4217
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004218- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4220 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4221
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004222- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004223 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4224 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4225 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4226
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004227- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004228 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4229 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4230 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4231 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004232
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004233- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4234 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4235 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4236 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4237 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4238 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4239 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4240 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004241 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004242
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004243- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4244 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4245 required.
4246
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004247- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4248 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4249 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4250 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4251 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4252 by coreboot or similar.
4253
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004254- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4255 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4256
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004257- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4258 Chip has SRIO or not
4259
4260- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4261 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4262
4263- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4264 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4265
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004266- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4267 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4268
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004269- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4270 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4271
4272- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4273 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4274
4275- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4276 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4277
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004278- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4279 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4280 a 16 bit bus.
4281 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004282 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004283 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004284 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004285
4286- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4287 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4288 a default value will be used.
4289
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004290- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004291 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4292 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4293
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004294 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4295 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4296
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004297- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004298 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4299 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4300 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004301
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004302- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4303 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4304 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4305 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4306 header files or board specific files.
4307
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004308- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4309 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4310
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004311- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004312 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4313 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004314
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004315- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4316 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4317
4318- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4319 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004320 to the given FEC; i. e.
4321 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004322 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4323
4324 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4325
4326- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4327 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4328 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4329
4330- CONFIG_RMII
4331 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4332 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4333 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4334
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004335- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4336 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4337 The syntax is:
4338
4339 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4340
4341 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4342 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4343 area should have.
4344
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004345- CONFIG_LOOPW
4346 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004347 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004348
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004349- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4350 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4351 "md/mw" commands.
4352 Examples:
4353
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004354 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004355 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4356
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004357 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004358 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4359
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004360 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004361 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004362
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004363- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004364 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004365 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4366 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4367 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004368
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004369 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4370 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4371 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4372 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004373
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004374- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004375 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4376 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4377 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004378
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004379- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4380 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4381 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4382 It is loaded by the SPL.
4383
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004384- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4385 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4386 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4387 previous 4k of the .text section.
4388
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004389- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4390 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4391 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4392 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4393 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4394 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4395 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4396 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4397
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004398- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4399 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4400 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4401 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4402 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4403
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004404- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4405 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4406 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004407
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004408- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4409 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4410
4411 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004412
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004413- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4414 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4415
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004416Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4417-----------------------------------
4418
4419The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4420loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4421This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4422are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4423within that device.
4424
4425- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4426 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4427 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4428 is also specified.
4429
4430- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4431 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4432 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4433 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4434 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4435
4436- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4437 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4438 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4439 virtual address in NOR flash.
4440
4441- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4442 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4443 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4444
4445- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4446 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4447 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4448
4449- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4450 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4451 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4452
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004453- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4454 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4455 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004456 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4457 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4458 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004459
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004460Building the Software:
4461======================
4462
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004463Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4464and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4465all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4466(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4467recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4468which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004469
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004470If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4471have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4472you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4473Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4474necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004475
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004476 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4477 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004479Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4480 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4481 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4482 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4483
4484 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4485
4486 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4487 be executed on computers running Windows.
4488
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004489U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4490sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004491is done by typing:
4492
4493 make NAME_config
4494
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004495where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004496rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004498Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4499 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4500 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4501 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004502 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004503
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004504 make TQM823L_config
4505 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004507 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4508 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004510 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004511
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004513Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4514images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4517- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4518- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004519
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004520By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4521in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4522this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4523
45241. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4525
4526 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4527 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4528 make O=/tmp/build all
4529
45302. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4531
4532 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4533 make distclean
4534 make NAME_config
4535 make all
4536
4537Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4538variable.
4539
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004540
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004541Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4542for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4543native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004544
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004546If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4547to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4548steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004549
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045501. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004551 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4552 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000045532. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4554 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4555 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
45563. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4557 your board
45583. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4559 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
45604. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
45615. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4562 to be installed on your target system.
45636. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4564 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004567Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4568==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004569
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004570If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4571or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004572provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4573the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004574official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004576But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4577cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004578the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4579just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004580for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4581select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4582environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4583you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004585 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004587or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004589 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004591When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4592U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4593setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4594built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4595<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4596location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4597variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004598
4599 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4600 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4601 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4602
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004603With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4604log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4605during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004606
4607
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004608See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004611Monitor Commands - Overview:
4612============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004614go - start application at address 'addr'
4615run - run commands in an environment variable
4616bootm - boot application image from memory
4617bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004618bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004619tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4620 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4621 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004622tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004623rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4624diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4625loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4626loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4627md - memory display
4628mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4629nm - memory modify (constant address)
4630mw - memory write (fill)
4631cp - memory copy
4632cmp - memory compare
4633crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004634i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004635sspi - SPI utility commands
4636base - print or set address offset
4637printenv- print environment variables
4638setenv - set environment variables
4639saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4640protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4641erase - erase FLASH memory
4642flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004643nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4645iminfo - print header information for application image
4646coninfo - print console devices and informations
4647ide - IDE sub-system
4648loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004649loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650mtest - simple RAM test
4651icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4652dcache - enable or disable data cache
4653reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4654echo - echo args to console
4655version - print monitor version
4656help - print online help
4657? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4661========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004663TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004664
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004665For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004666
4667
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004668Environment Variables:
4669======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004670
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004671U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4672can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004673
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004674Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4675"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4676without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4677environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4678working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4679environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004680
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004681Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4682
4683List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004684
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004685 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004689 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004691 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004693 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004695 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4696 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4697 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4698 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4699 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4700 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004701 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4702 bootm_mapsize.
4703
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004704 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004705 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4706 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4707 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4708 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4709 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4710 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004711
4712 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4713 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4714 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4715 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4716 environment variable.
4717
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004718 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4719 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4720 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004722 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4723 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4724 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4725 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4728 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4729 be automatically started (by internally calling
4730 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004732 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4733 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4734 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4735 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4736 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004738 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4739 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004740 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4741 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4742 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4743 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4744 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4745 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4746 access it during the boot procedure.
4747
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004748 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4749 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4750 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4751 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4752 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4753 must be accessible by the kernel.
4754
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004755 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4756 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4757 defined.
4758
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004759 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4760 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4761 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4762 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4763 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4766 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4767 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4768 is usually what you want since it allows for
4769 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4770 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004771 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4773 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4774 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4775 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004776
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004777 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4778 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4779 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4780 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4781 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4782 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004784 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4787 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4788 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4789 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4790 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4791 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4792 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004796 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4797 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004798
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004799 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004803 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004804
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004805 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004806
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004808
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004809 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004810
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004811 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4812 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004813
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004814 => setenv ethact FEC
4815 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4816 => setenv ethact SCC
4817 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004818
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004819 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4820 available network interfaces.
4821 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4822
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004823 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4825 When set to "once" the network operation will
4826 fail when all the available network interfaces
4827 are tried once without success.
4828 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4829 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004831 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004832
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07004833 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
4834 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
4835 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
4836 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
4837 is silent.
4838
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004839 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004840 UDP source port.
4841
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004842 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4843 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4844
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004845 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4846 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4847
4848 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4849 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4850 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4851 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4852 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4853 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4854 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4855
4856 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004857 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004858 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004859
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004860The following image location variables contain the location of images
4861used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4862not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4863variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4864server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4865loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4866flash or offset in NAND flash.
4867
4868*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4869boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4870boards use these variables for other purposes.
4871
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004872Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4873----- --------- ----------- --------------
4874u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4875Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4876device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4877ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004878
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004879The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4880updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4881depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004883 bootfile - see above
4884 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4885 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4886 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4887 hostname - Target hostname
4888 ipaddr - see above
4889 netmask - Subnet Mask
4890 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4891 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004892
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004894There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004896 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4897 as type string and/or serial number
4898 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004899
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004900These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4901the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4902once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004903
4904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004907 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4908 with the "version" command. This variable is
4909 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004910
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004912Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4913only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004915
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004916Callback functions for environment variables:
4917---------------------------------------------
4918
4919For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4920when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4921be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4922deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4923effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4924
4925The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4926U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4927
4928These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4929static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4930in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4931associations. The list must be in the following format:
4932
4933 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4934 list = entry[,list]
4935
4936If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4937Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4938
4939Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4940with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4941override any association in the static list. You can define
4942CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4943".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4944
4945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004946Command Line Parsing:
4947=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004949There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4950the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004952Old, simple command line parser:
4953--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4956- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004957- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004958- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4959 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004960 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4962 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964Hush shell:
4965-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4968 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4969 until...do...done, ...
4970- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4971 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4972 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4973 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004975General rules:
4976--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4979 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4980 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4981 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004982
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004983(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004984 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004985 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4986 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004988Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4989=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004990
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004991Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004992such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4993"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004995Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4996MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4997"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004998
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004999If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5000in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5001ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5002variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005004o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5005 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5008 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5009 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005011o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5012 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5015 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5016 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005018o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5019 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005020
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005021If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005022will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005023may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5024The naming convention is as follows:
5025"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005027Image Formats:
5028==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005029
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005030U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5031images in two formats:
5032
5033New uImage format (FIT)
5034-----------------------
5035
5036Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5037to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5038components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5039SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5040
5041
5042Old uImage format
5043-----------------
5044
5045Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5046preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5047details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5050 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005051 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5052 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5053 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005054* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005055 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5056 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005057* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5058* Load Address
5059* Entry Point
5060* Image Name
5061* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005063The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5064and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5065CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005066
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005067
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005068Linux Support:
5069==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5072easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5073U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005074
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005075U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5076special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5077"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5078instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5079serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005081- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5082 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5083 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005084
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005085- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5086 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5089 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5090 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5091 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5092 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5093 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005095
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005096Linux HOWTO:
5097============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5100---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5103configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5104(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5105Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005106
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005107But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005108
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005109Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5110include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005111Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5112and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005113as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005115
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005116Configuring the Linux kernel:
5117-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005119No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5120device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123Building a Linux Image:
5124-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5127not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5128"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5129U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5130which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5131100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005132
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135 make TQM850L_config
5136 make oldconfig
5137 make dep
5138 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005140The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5141encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5142CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005146* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5149 -R .note -R .comment \
5150 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005152* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005156* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5159 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5160 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005161
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5164with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5165combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5166byte header containing information about target architecture,
5167operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5168stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5171print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005173In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5174contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5175checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005176
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005177 tools/mkimage -l image
5178 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005179
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005180The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5181from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5184 -n name -d data_file image
5185 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5186 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5187 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5188 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5189 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5190 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5191 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5192 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005193
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005194Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5195address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5196kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005198- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5199- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005202
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005203 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5204 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005205 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5207 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5208 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5209 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5210 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5211 Load Address: 0x00000000
5212 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5217 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5218 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5219 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5220 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5221 Load Address: 0x00000000
5222 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005223
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005224NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5225speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5226needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5227need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005228
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005229 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005230 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5231 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005232 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005233 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5234 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5235 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5236 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5237 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5238 Load Address: 0x00000000
5239 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005240
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005242Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5243when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005244
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005245 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5246 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5247 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5248 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5249 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5250 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5251 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5252 Load Address: 0x00000000
5253 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005254
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005255The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5256option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5257option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5258from the image:
5259
5260 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5261 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5262 indexed by 'position'
5263
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005265Installing a Linux Image:
5266-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5269you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005272
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005273The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5274image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5275address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5276specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5277command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5280TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005284 .......... done
5285 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005287 => loads 40100000
5288 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5289 ~>examples/image.srec
5290 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5291 ...
5292 15989 15990 15991 15992
5293 [file transfer complete]
5294 [connected]
5295 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
5297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005299this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005300corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005303
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005304 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5305 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5306 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5307 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5308 Load Address: 00000000
5309 Entry Point: 0000000c
5310 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005311
5312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313Boot Linux:
5314-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5317memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5318of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5319parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5320"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005321
5322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323 => printenv bootargs
5324 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005325
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005326 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005327
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005328 => printenv bootargs
5329 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331 => bootm 40020000
5332 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5333 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5334 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5335 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5336 Load Address: 00000000
5337 Entry Point: 0000000c
5338 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5339 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5340 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5341 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5342 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5343 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5344 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5345 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005347If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005348the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5349format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005351 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005353 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5354 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5355 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5356 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5357 Load Address: 00000000
5358 Entry Point: 0000000c
5359 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005360
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005361 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5362 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5363 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5364 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5365 Load Address: 00000000
5366 Entry Point: 00000000
5367 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005368
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005369 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5370 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5371 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5372 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5373 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5374 Load Address: 00000000
5375 Entry Point: 0000000c
5376 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5377 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5378 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5379 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5380 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5381 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5382 Load Address: 00000000
5383 Entry Point: 00000000
5384 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5385 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5386 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5387 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5388 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5389 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5390 ...
5391 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5392 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005394 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005395
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005396Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5397-----------
5398
5399First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5400titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5401following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5402flat device tree:
5403
5404=> print oftaddr
5405oftaddr=0x300000
5406=> print oft
5407oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5408=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5409Speed: 1000, full duplex
5410Using TSEC0 device
5411TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5412Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5413Load address: 0x300000
5414Loading: #
5415done
5416Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5417=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5418Speed: 1000, full duplex
5419Using TSEC0 device
5420TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5421Filename 'uImage'.
5422Load address: 0x200000
5423Loading:############
5424done
5425Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5426=> print loadaddr
5427loadaddr=200000
5428=> print oftaddr
5429oftaddr=0x300000
5430=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5431## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005432 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5433 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5434 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005435 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005436 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005437 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5438 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5439Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5440Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5441Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5442[snip]
5443
5444
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005445More About U-Boot Image Types:
5446------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005448U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005450 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5451 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5452 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5453 the Standalone Program.
5454 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5455 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5456 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5457 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5458 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5459 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5460 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5461 being started.
5462 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5463 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5464 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5465 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5466 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5467 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005468
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005469 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5470 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5471 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5472 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5473 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5474 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005476 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5477 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5478 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5481 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5482 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5483 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005484
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005485Booting the Linux zImage:
5486-------------------------
5487
5488On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5489using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5490as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5491
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005492Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005493kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5494address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5495format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5496
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005497
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005498Standalone HOWTO:
5499=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005500
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005501One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5502run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5503U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005504
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507"Hello World" Demo:
5508-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005509
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5511application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5512It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5513like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005514
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005515 => loads
5516 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5517 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5518 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5519 [file transfer complete]
5520 [connected]
5521 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005522
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005523 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5524 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5525 Hello World
5526 argc = 7
5527 argv[0] = "40004"
5528 argv[1] = "Hello"
5529 argv[2] = "World!"
5530 argv[3] = "This"
5531 argv[4] = "is"
5532 argv[5] = "a"
5533 argv[6] = "test."
5534 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5535 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005536
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005537 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005538
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005539Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5540handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5541Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5542The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5543character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5544controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005545
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005546 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5547 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5548 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5549 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005551 => loads
5552 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5553 ~>examples/timer.srec
5554 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5555 [file transfer complete]
5556 [connected]
5557 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005558
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005559 => go 40004
5560 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5561 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5562 Using timer 1
5563 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005564
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005565Hit 'b':
5566 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5567 Enabling timer
5568Hit '?':
5569 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5570 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5571Hit '?':
5572 [q, b, e, ?] .
5573 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5574Hit '?':
5575 [q, b, e, ?] .
5576 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5577Hit '?':
5578 [q, b, e, ?] .
5579 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5580Hit 'e':
5581 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5582Hit 'q':
5583 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005584
5585
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005586Minicom warning:
5587================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005588
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005589Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5590"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5591consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5592Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5593especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005594use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5595http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5596for help with kermit.
5597
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5600configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005601
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005602 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5603 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5604 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005605
5606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607NetBSD Notes:
5608=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5611(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005613Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5614NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5615need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5616Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5617attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5618missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5621 # mkdir powerpc
5622 # ln -s powerpc machine
5623 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5624 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005626Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5627and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005628
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005629Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5630stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5631proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5632tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005633meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005634
5635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636Implementation Internals:
5637=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005639The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5640implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5641inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5642hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005643
5644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005645Initial Stack, Global Data:
5646---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005647
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005648The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5649starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5650system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5651This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5652is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5653at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5654options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5655models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5656MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5657locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005658
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005659 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005660 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005661
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005662 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5663 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5664 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5665 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005666
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005667 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5668 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5669 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5670 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5671 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005672 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005673 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5674 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5677 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005678 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005679 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5680 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5681 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5682 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005683
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005684 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005685 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5686 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005687 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5689 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5690 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5691 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5692 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005693
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005694 -Chris Hallinan
5695 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005696
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005697It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5698code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005700* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5701 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005702
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005703* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5705 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005706
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005707* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5708 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005710Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5711normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5712turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5713simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5714functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5715functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5716the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5717place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5718reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5721relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5722GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005724For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5725 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005726 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005727 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5728 R5-R10: parameter passing
5729 R13: small data area pointer
5730 R30: GOT pointer
5731 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005732
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005733 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5734 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5735 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005736
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005737 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005738
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005739 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5740 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5741 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5742 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5743 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5744 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005745
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005746On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005747 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5748
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005749 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005750
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005751On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005753 R0: function argument word/integer result
5754 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005755 R9: platform specific
5756 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005757 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5758 R12: temporary workspace
5759 R13: stack pointer
5760 R14: link register
5761 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005762
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005763 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5764
5765 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005766
Thomas Chou0df01fd32010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005767On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5768 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5769
5770 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5771
5772 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5773 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5774
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005775On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5776
5777 R0-R1: argument/return
5778 R2-R5: argument
5779 R15: temporary register for assembler
5780 R16: trampoline register
5781 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5782 R29: global pointer (GP)
5783 R30: link register (LP)
5784 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5785 PC: program counter (PC)
5786
5787 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5788
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005789NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5790or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005792Memory Management:
5793------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005794
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005795U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5796MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005797
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005798The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5799controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5800memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5801physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5804TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5805booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5806to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005807memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005808configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5809Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005811Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5812of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005814So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5815this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005816
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005817 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5818 :
5819 0x0000 1FFF
5820 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5821 :
5822 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005824 :
5825 :
5826 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5827 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5828 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5829 :
5830 0x00FD FFFF
5831 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5832 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5833 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5834 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005835
5836
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005837System Initialization:
5838----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005840In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005841(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5843To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5844To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5845initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5846which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5847part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5848the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5851preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5852(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5853on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5854programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5855simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5856banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005857
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005858When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5859different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5860bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
58610x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5862contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005863
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005864Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5865and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5866Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5867pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005868
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005869Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5870until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5871running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5872new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005873
5874
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005875U-Boot Porting Guide:
5876----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005877
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005878[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5879list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005880
5881
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005882int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005883{
5884 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005885
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005886 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5887 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005889 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005890 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005891 return 0;
5892 }
5893
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005894 Download latest U-Boot source;
5895
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005896 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005897
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005898 if (clueless)
5899 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005900
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005901 while (learning) {
5902 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005903 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5904 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005905 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005906 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005907 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005908
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005909 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5910 Buy a BDI3000;
5911 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005912 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005913
5914 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5915 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5916 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5917 } else {
5918 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5919 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005920 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005921 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5922 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005923
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005924 while (!accepted) {
5925 while (!running) {
5926 do {
5927 Add / modify source code;
5928 } until (compiles);
5929 Debug;
5930 if (clueless)
5931 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5932 }
5933 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5934 if (reasonable critiques)
5935 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5936 else
5937 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005938 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005939
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005940 return 0;
5941}
5942
5943void no_more_time (int sig)
5944{
5945 hire_a_guru();
5946}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005947
5948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005949Coding Standards:
5950-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005952All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005953coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005954"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005956Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5957MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5958reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5959sources.
5960
5961Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5962Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5963in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005964
5965Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5966- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005967- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005968- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005969- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005970- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5971
5972Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5973with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005974
5975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005976Submitting Patches:
5977-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005979Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5980establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5981may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005982
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005983Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005984
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005985Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5986see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005988When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5989it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005991* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5992 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5993 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005994
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005995* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5996 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005997
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005998* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5999
6000* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6001
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006002* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6003 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006004
6005* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6006 document these in the README file.
6007
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006008* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6009 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006010 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006011 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6012 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006013
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006014 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6015 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6016 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006017
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006018 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6019 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6020 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6021 affected files).
6022
6023 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6024 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025
6026* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6027 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6028
6029* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6030 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6031
6032
6033Notes:
6034
6035* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6036 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6037 for any of the boards.
6038
6039* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6040 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6041 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6042
6043* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6044 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6045 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6046 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6047 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6048 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006049
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006050* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6051 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6052 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6053 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.